Unmodified cross-platform parts of FreeRTOS 7.5.2 (Demos and
platform-specific code removed)
This commit is contained in:
commit
101c8648ea
23 changed files with 15235 additions and 0 deletions
440
FreeRTOS/License/license.txt
Normal file
440
FreeRTOS/License/license.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
|
|||
The FreeRTOS.org source code is licensed by the *modified* GNU General Public
|
||||
License (GPL), text provided below. A special exception to the GPL is
|
||||
included to allow you to distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS
|
||||
without being obliged to provide the source code for any proprietary
|
||||
components. See the licensing section of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full
|
||||
details. The exception text is also included at the bottom of this file.
|
||||
|
||||
The FreeRTOS download also includes demo application source code, some of
|
||||
which is provided by third parties AND IS LICENSED SEPARATELY FROM FREERTOS.
|
||||
|
||||
For the avoidance of any doubt refer to the comment included at the top
|
||||
of each source and header file for license and copyright information.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a list of files for which Real Time Engineers Ltd are not the
|
||||
copyright owner and are NOT COVERED BY THE GPL.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1) Various header files provided by silicon manufacturers and tool vendors
|
||||
that define processor specific memory addresses and utility macros.
|
||||
Permission has been granted by the various copyright holders for these
|
||||
files to be included in the FreeRTOS download. Users must ensure license
|
||||
conditions are adhered to for any use other than compilation of the
|
||||
FreeRTOS demo applications.
|
||||
|
||||
2) The uIP TCP/IP stack the copyright of which is held by Adam Dunkels.
|
||||
Users must ensure the open source license conditions stated at the top
|
||||
of each uIP source file is understood and adhered to.
|
||||
|
||||
3) The lwIP TCP/IP stack the copyright of which is held by the Swedish
|
||||
Institute of Computer Science. Users must ensure the open source license
|
||||
conditions stated at the top of each lwIP source file is understood and
|
||||
adhered to.
|
||||
|
||||
4) Various peripheral driver source files and binaries provided by silicon
|
||||
manufacturers and tool vendors. Permission has been granted by the
|
||||
various copyright holders for these files to be included in the FreeRTOS
|
||||
download. Users must ensure license conditions are adhered to for any
|
||||
use other than compilation of the FreeRTOS demo applications.
|
||||
|
||||
5) The files contained within FreeRTOS\Demo\WizNET_DEMO_TERN_186\tern_code,
|
||||
which are slightly modified versions of code provided by and copyright to
|
||||
Tern Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Errors and omissions should be reported to Richard Barry, contact details for
|
||||
whom can be obtained from http://www.FreeRTOS.org.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The GPL license text follows.
|
||||
|
||||
A special exception to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute a
|
||||
combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
the source code for any proprietary components. See the licensing section
|
||||
of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for full details. The exception text is also
|
||||
included at the bottom of this file.
|
||||
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License** as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The FreeRTOS GPL Exception Text:
|
||||
|
||||
Any FreeRTOS source code, whether modified or in it's original release form,
|
||||
or whether in whole or in part, can only be distributed by you under the terms
|
||||
of the GNU General Public License plus this exception. An independent module is
|
||||
a module which is not derived from or based on FreeRTOS.
|
||||
|
||||
Clause 1:
|
||||
|
||||
Linking FreeRTOS statically or dynamically with other modules is making a
|
||||
combined work based on FreeRTOS. Thus, the terms and conditions of the GNU
|
||||
General Public License cover the whole combination.
|
||||
|
||||
As a special exception, the copyright holder of FreeRTOS gives you permission
|
||||
to link FreeRTOS with independent modules that communicate with FreeRTOS
|
||||
solely through the FreeRTOS API interface, regardless of the license terms of
|
||||
these independent modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting combined
|
||||
work under terms of your choice, provided that
|
||||
|
||||
+ Every copy of the combined work is accompanied by a written statement that
|
||||
details to the recipient the version of FreeRTOS used and an offer by yourself
|
||||
to provide the FreeRTOS source code (including any modifications you may have
|
||||
made) should the recipient request it.
|
||||
|
||||
+ The combined work is not itself an RTOS, scheduler, kernel or related product.
|
||||
|
||||
+ The independent modules add significant and primary functionality to FreeRTOS
|
||||
and do not merely extend the existing functionality already present in FreeRTOS.
|
||||
|
||||
Clause 2:
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS may not be used for any competitive or comparative purpose, including the
|
||||
publication of any form of run time or compile time metric, without the express
|
||||
permission of Real Time Engineers Ltd. (this is the norm within the industry and
|
||||
is intended to ensure information accuracy).
|
385
FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c
Normal file
385
FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
#include "croutine.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
|
||||
* than file scope.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
|
||||
#define static
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
|
||||
static xList pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
|
||||
static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
|
||||
static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
|
||||
static xList * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
|
||||
static xList * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
|
||||
static xList xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
|
||||
corCRCB * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
|
||||
static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
|
||||
static portTickType xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
|
||||
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
|
||||
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
|
||||
* used from within an ISR.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
|
||||
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
|
||||
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
|
||||
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
|
||||
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
|
||||
* see if any require waking.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
|
||||
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
|
||||
* we need not look any further down the list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
|
||||
corCRCB *pxCoRoutine;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
|
||||
pxCoRoutine = ( corCRCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( corCRCB ) );
|
||||
if( pxCoRoutine )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
|
||||
be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
|
||||
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
|
||||
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
|
||||
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
|
||||
{
|
||||
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
|
||||
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
|
||||
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
|
||||
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
|
||||
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
|
||||
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the xListItem.
|
||||
This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
|
||||
in a list. */
|
||||
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
|
||||
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
|
||||
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
|
||||
list at the correct priority. */
|
||||
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
|
||||
|
||||
xReturn = pdPASS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return xReturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portTickType xTimeToWake;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
|
||||
not a problem. */
|
||||
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
|
||||
|
||||
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
|
||||
ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
|
||||
both lists. */
|
||||
( void ) uxListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
|
||||
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
|
||||
overflow list. */
|
||||
vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
|
||||
current block list. */
|
||||
vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( pxEventList )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
|
||||
function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
|
||||
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
|
||||
are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
|
||||
the ready lists itself. */
|
||||
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
|
||||
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
|
||||
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
|
||||
|
||||
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
corCRCB *pxCRCB;
|
||||
|
||||
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
|
||||
while( xPassedTicks )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
|
||||
xPassedTicks--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
|
||||
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xList * pxTemp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
|
||||
any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
|
||||
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
|
||||
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
|
||||
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
|
||||
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
|
||||
section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
|
||||
have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
|
||||
line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
|
||||
been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
|
||||
uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
|
||||
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
|
||||
{
|
||||
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
|
||||
|
||||
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
|
||||
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
|
||||
|
||||
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
|
||||
prvCheckDelayedList();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
|
||||
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No more co-routines to check. */
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
|
||||
of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
|
||||
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Call the co-routine. */
|
||||
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
|
||||
|
||||
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
|
||||
vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
|
||||
vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
|
||||
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
|
||||
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
|
||||
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList )
|
||||
{
|
||||
corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
|
||||
signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
|
||||
event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
|
||||
check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
|
||||
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
|
||||
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||
vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xReturn = pdTRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
xReturn = pdFALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return xReturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
612
FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h
Normal file
612
FreeRTOS/Source/include/FreeRTOS.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||
#define INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
|
||||
#include "projdefs.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Application specific configuration options. */
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION must be defined before portable.h
|
||||
is included as it is used by the port layer. */
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
|
||||
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
|
||||
#include "portable.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must
|
||||
conform. */
|
||||
typedef portBASE_TYPE (*pdTASK_HOOK_CODE)( void * );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
|
||||
* These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
|
||||
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
|
||||
#error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
|
||||
#error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
|
||||
#error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
|
||||
#error Missing definition: configUSE_CO_ROUTINES should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
|
||||
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
|
||||
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
|
||||
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
|
||||
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
|
||||
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
|
||||
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
|
||||
#error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
|
||||
#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
|
||||
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
|
||||
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
|
||||
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
|
||||
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
|
||||
#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
|
||||
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
|
||||
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
|
||||
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
|
||||
#error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configASSERT
|
||||
#define configASSERT( x )
|
||||
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 0
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
|
||||
#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
|
||||
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
|
||||
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
|
||||
#endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
|
||||
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
|
||||
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
|
||||
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
|
||||
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
|
||||
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB
|
||||
#define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portSETUP_TCB
|
||||
#define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
|
||||
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 )
|
||||
#define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
|
||||
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE
|
||||
#define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE unsigned long
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
|
||||
#ifndef traceSTART
|
||||
/* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
|
||||
into which trace is to be written. */
|
||||
#define traceSTART()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceEND
|
||||
/* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
|
||||
written. */
|
||||
#define traceEND()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
|
||||
/* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
|
||||
to the task control block of the selected task. */
|
||||
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT
|
||||
/* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle
|
||||
sleep. */
|
||||
#define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN
|
||||
/* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */
|
||||
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END
|
||||
/* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */
|
||||
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
|
||||
/* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
|
||||
to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
|
||||
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT
|
||||
/* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a
|
||||
lower priority task. pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task
|
||||
that holds the mutex. uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder
|
||||
will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the
|
||||
muted. */
|
||||
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT
|
||||
/* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in
|
||||
the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task.
|
||||
pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the
|
||||
mutex. uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */
|
||||
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
|
||||
/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
|
||||
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
|
||||
upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
|
||||
task that attempted the read. */
|
||||
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
|
||||
/* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
|
||||
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
|
||||
upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
|
||||
task that attempted the write. */
|
||||
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
|
||||
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
|
||||
#define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
|
||||
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
|
||||
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
|
||||
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
|
||||
#define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
|
||||
#define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
|
||||
#define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
|
||||
#define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
|
||||
#define traceTASK_DELAY()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
|
||||
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
|
||||
#define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
|
||||
#define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
|
||||
#define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
|
||||
#define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
|
||||
#define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
|
||||
#define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
|
||||
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
|
||||
#define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
|
||||
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
|
||||
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
|
||||
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
|
||||
#endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
|
||||
#ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
|
||||
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
|
||||
#endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
|
||||
#endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
|
||||
#define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
|
||||
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
|
||||
#define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x00 )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
|
||||
#define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned
|
||||
#define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef vPortFreeAligned
|
||||
#define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
|
||||
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP
|
||||
#define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP 2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2
|
||||
#error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
|
||||
#define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING
|
||||
#define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING
|
||||
#define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS
|
||||
#define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT
|
||||
#define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING
|
||||
#define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS
|
||||
#define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT
|
||||
#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
|
||||
#define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID
|
||||
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID()
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* For backward compatability. */
|
||||
#define eTaskStateGet eTaskGetState
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */
|
||||
|
179
FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h
Normal file
179
FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
|
||||
#define STACK_MACROS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
|
||||
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
|
||||
* past.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
|
||||
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
|
||||
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
|
||||
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
|
||||
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
|
||||
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
|
||||
* stack will always be recognised.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 )
|
||||
|
||||
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */
|
||||
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
|
||||
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 )
|
||||
|
||||
/* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of
|
||||
overflow checking. */
|
||||
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
|
||||
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
|
||||
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
|
||||
#define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
|
||||
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
|
||||
|
||||
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
|
||||
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
|
||||
|
||||
#define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
char *pcEndOfStack = ( char * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
|
||||
static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
|
||||
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
\
|
||||
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
|
||||
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
|
||||
|
757
FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h
Normal file
757
FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
|
||||
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "list.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
|
||||
control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
|
||||
the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
|
||||
typedef void * xCoRoutineHandle;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
|
||||
typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( xCoRoutineHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE );
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
|
||||
{
|
||||
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
|
||||
xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
|
||||
xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
|
||||
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
|
||||
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
|
||||
unsigned short uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
|
||||
} corCRCB; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with tskTCB. */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* croutine. h
|
||||
*<pre>
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate(
|
||||
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
|
||||
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
|
||||
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex
|
||||
);</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
|
||||
* ready to run.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
|
||||
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
|
||||
* documentation for more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
|
||||
* the co-routine will run.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
|
||||
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
|
||||
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
|
||||
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
// Co-routine to be created.
|
||||
void vFlashCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
|
||||
static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
|
||||
static const portTickType uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
|
||||
|
||||
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
|
||||
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
|
||||
// an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
|
||||
// the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
|
||||
// LED to flash and how long to delay. This assumes xQueue has
|
||||
// already been created.
|
||||
vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
|
||||
crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
|
||||
crEND();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Function that creates two co-routines.
|
||||
void vOtherFunction( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
|
||||
xTaskHandle xHandle;
|
||||
|
||||
// Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
|
||||
// so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
|
||||
// is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
|
||||
for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
|
||||
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex );
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* croutine. h
|
||||
*<pre>
|
||||
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Run a co-routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
|
||||
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
|
||||
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
|
||||
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
|
||||
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
|
||||
* hook).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
// This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
|
||||
// The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
|
||||
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
vCoRoutineSchedule();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
|
||||
// execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
|
||||
// infinite loop.
|
||||
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
vCoRoutineSchedule();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
|
||||
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* croutine. h
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
crSTART( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle );</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
// Co-routine to be created.
|
||||
void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||
static long ulAVariable;
|
||||
|
||||
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
|
||||
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
|
||||
crEND();
|
||||
}</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
|
||||
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( corCRCB * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* croutine. h
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
crEND();</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
// Co-routine to be created.
|
||||
void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||
static long ulAVariable;
|
||||
|
||||
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
|
||||
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
|
||||
crEND();
|
||||
}</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
|
||||
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define crEND() }
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
|
||||
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
|
||||
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* croutine. h
|
||||
*<pre>
|
||||
crDELAY( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
|
||||
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
|
||||
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
|
||||
* parameter of the co-routine function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
|
||||
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
|
||||
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_RATE_MS
|
||||
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
// Co-routine to be created.
|
||||
void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
|
||||
// We are to delay for 200ms.
|
||||
static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
|
||||
|
||||
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
|
||||
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Delay for 200ms.
|
||||
crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
|
||||
|
||||
// Do something here.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
|
||||
crEND();
|
||||
}</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
|
||||
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
|
||||
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
crQUEUE_SEND(
|
||||
xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
|
||||
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
|
||||
void *pvItemToQueue,
|
||||
portTickType xTicksToWait,
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
|
||||
)</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
|
||||
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
|
||||
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
|
||||
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
|
||||
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
|
||||
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
|
||||
* co-routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
|
||||
* parameter of the co-routine function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
|
||||
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
|
||||
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
|
||||
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
|
||||
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
|
||||
* itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
|
||||
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
|
||||
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
|
||||
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
|
||||
* portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
|
||||
* below).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
|
||||
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
|
||||
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
// Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
|
||||
// a queue.
|
||||
static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||
static portBASE_TYPE xNumberToPost = 0;
|
||||
static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
|
||||
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// This assumes the queue has already been created.
|
||||
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xResult != pdPASS )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The message was not posted!
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
|
||||
xNumberToPost++;
|
||||
|
||||
// Delay for 100 ticks.
|
||||
crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
|
||||
crEND();
|
||||
}</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
|
||||
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
|
||||
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
|
||||
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
|
||||
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* croutine. h
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
|
||||
xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
|
||||
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
|
||||
void *pvBuffer,
|
||||
portTickType xTicksToWait,
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
|
||||
)</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
|
||||
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
|
||||
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
|
||||
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
|
||||
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
|
||||
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
|
||||
* co-routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
|
||||
* parameter of the co-routine function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
|
||||
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
|
||||
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
|
||||
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
|
||||
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
|
||||
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
|
||||
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
|
||||
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
|
||||
* portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
|
||||
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
|
||||
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
|
||||
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
// A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
|
||||
// blocks on the queue until the number is received.
|
||||
static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
|
||||
static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||
static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLEDToFlash;
|
||||
|
||||
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
|
||||
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Wait for data to become available on the queue.
|
||||
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xResult == pdPASS )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We received the LED to flash - flash it!
|
||||
vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
crEND();
|
||||
}</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
|
||||
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
|
||||
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
|
||||
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
|
||||
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* croutine. h
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
|
||||
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
|
||||
void *pvItemToQueue,
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
|
||||
)</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
|
||||
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
|
||||
* functions used by tasks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
|
||||
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
|
||||
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
|
||||
* ISR.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
|
||||
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
|
||||
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
|
||||
* co-routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
|
||||
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
|
||||
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
|
||||
* into the queue storage area.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
|
||||
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
|
||||
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
|
||||
* the value returned from the previous call.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
|
||||
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
|
||||
* the ISR.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
// A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
|
||||
static void vReceivingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char cRxedChar;
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
|
||||
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
|
||||
// queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
|
||||
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
|
||||
|
||||
// Was a character received?
|
||||
if( xResult == pdPASS )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Process the character here.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
|
||||
crEND();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
|
||||
// a co-routine.
|
||||
void vUART_ISR( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char cRxedChar;
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
// We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
|
||||
while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Obtain the character from the UART.
|
||||
cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
|
||||
|
||||
// Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
|
||||
// the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
|
||||
// to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
|
||||
// In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
|
||||
// blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
|
||||
// many characters are posted to the queue.
|
||||
xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
|
||||
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* croutine. h
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
|
||||
xQueueHandle pxQueue,
|
||||
void *pvBuffer,
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE * pxCoRoutineWoken
|
||||
)</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
|
||||
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
|
||||
* functions used by tasks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
|
||||
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
|
||||
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
|
||||
* ISR.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
|
||||
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
|
||||
* posted to the queue).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
|
||||
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
|
||||
* co-routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
|
||||
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
|
||||
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
|
||||
* pvBuffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
|
||||
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
|
||||
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
|
||||
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
|
||||
* pdFALSE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
// A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
|
||||
// period. The character is incremented each time.
|
||||
static void vSendingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
|
||||
// be declared static.
|
||||
static char cCharToTx = 'a';
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||
|
||||
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
|
||||
crSTART( xHandle );
|
||||
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Send the next character to the queue.
|
||||
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xResult == pdPASS )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The character was successfully posted to the queue.
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Could not post the character to the queue.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
|
||||
// hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
|
||||
// from the queue and send it.
|
||||
ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
|
||||
|
||||
// Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
|
||||
// cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
|
||||
// declared static.
|
||||
cCharToTx++;
|
||||
if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
|
||||
{
|
||||
cCharToTx = 'a';
|
||||
}
|
||||
crDELAY( 100 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
|
||||
crEND();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
|
||||
void vUART_ISR( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
char cCharToTx;
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
|
||||
// xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
|
||||
// is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
|
||||
// woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
|
||||
if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
|
||||
* \ingroup Tasks
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
|
||||
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
|
||||
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
|
||||
* writers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
|
||||
* appropriate delayed list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
|
||||
* The function should not be used by application writers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
|
||||
* the pending ready list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList );
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */
|
378
FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h
Normal file
378
FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
|
||||
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
|
||||
* application code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xLists can only store pointers to xListItems. Each xListItem contains a
|
||||
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
|
||||
* descending item value order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
|
||||
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
|
||||
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
|
||||
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
|
||||
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
|
||||
* the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
|
||||
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
|
||||
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
|
||||
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
|
||||
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
|
||||
* the list item itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
|
||||
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef LIST_H
|
||||
#define LIST_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
|
||||
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
|
||||
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
|
||||
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
|
||||
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
|
||||
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
|
||||
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
|
||||
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
|
||||
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
|
||||
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
|
||||
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
|
||||
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
|
||||
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
|
||||
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
|
||||
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
|
||||
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
|
||||
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
|
||||
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
|
||||
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
|
||||
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
|
||||
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
|
||||
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
|
||||
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
|
||||
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
|
||||
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
|
||||
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct xLIST_ITEM
|
||||
{
|
||||
configLIST_VOLATILE portTickType xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
|
||||
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next xListItem in the list. */
|
||||
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;/*< Pointer to the previous xListItem in the list. */
|
||||
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
|
||||
void * configLIST_VOLATILE pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
|
||||
};
|
||||
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM xListItem; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
|
||||
|
||||
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
|
||||
{
|
||||
configLIST_VOLATILE portTickType xItemValue;
|
||||
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
|
||||
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
|
||||
};
|
||||
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM xMiniListItem;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct xLIST
|
||||
{
|
||||
configLIST_VOLATILE unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNumberOfItems;
|
||||
xListItem * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry (). */
|
||||
xMiniListItem xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
|
||||
} xList;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
|
||||
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
|
||||
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( pxListItem )->pvOwner
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
|
||||
* used to sort the list in descending order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
|
||||
* represent anything - for example a the priority of a task, or the time at
|
||||
* which a task should be unblocked.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
|
||||
* list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->xItemValue )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
|
||||
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
|
||||
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
|
||||
* and returns that entries pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
|
||||
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
|
||||
* a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
|
||||
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
|
||||
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
|
||||
* item and its owner.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
xList * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
|
||||
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
|
||||
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
|
||||
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
|
||||
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
|
||||
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
|
||||
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
|
||||
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
|
||||
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
|
||||
* item and its owner.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
|
||||
* returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
|
||||
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
|
||||
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
|
||||
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
|
||||
* @return pdTRUE is the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
|
||||
* pointer against
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
|
||||
* @return A pointer to the xList object that references the pxListItem
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
|
||||
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
|
||||
* function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
|
||||
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
|
||||
* marker to the back of the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void vListInitialise( xList * const pxList );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
|
||||
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem * const pxItem );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
|
||||
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxNewListItem The item to that is to be placed in the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void vListInsert( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
|
||||
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
|
||||
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
|
||||
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list.
|
||||
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
|
||||
* in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other
|
||||
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
|
||||
* the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void vListInsertEnd( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
|
||||
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
|
||||
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
|
||||
* been removed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
|
||||
* \ingroup LinkedList
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxListRemove( xListItem * const pxItemToRemove );
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
152
FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h
Normal file
152
FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
|
||||
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
|
||||
only for ports that are using the MPU. */
|
||||
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
|
||||
|
||||
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
|
||||
included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
|
||||
those files. */
|
||||
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate
|
||||
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
|
||||
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
|
||||
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
|
||||
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
|
||||
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
|
||||
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
|
||||
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
|
||||
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
|
||||
#define xTaskIsTaskSuspended MPU_xTaskIsTaskSuspended
|
||||
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
|
||||
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
|
||||
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
|
||||
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
|
||||
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
|
||||
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
|
||||
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
|
||||
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
|
||||
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
|
||||
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
|
||||
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
|
||||
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
|
||||
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
|
||||
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
|
||||
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
|
||||
|
||||
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
|
||||
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
|
||||
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
|
||||
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
|
||||
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
|
||||
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
|
||||
#define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend
|
||||
#define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive
|
||||
#define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive
|
||||
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
|
||||
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
|
||||
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
|
||||
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
|
||||
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
|
||||
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
|
||||
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
|
||||
#define xQueuePeekFromISR MPU_xQueuePeekFromISR
|
||||
|
||||
#define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc
|
||||
#define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree
|
||||
#define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize
|
||||
#define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks
|
||||
|
||||
#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
|
||||
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
|
||||
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove the privileged function macro. */
|
||||
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
|
||||
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
|
||||
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
|
||||
|
||||
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
|
||||
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
|
||||
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
|
||||
|
401
FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h
Normal file
401
FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
|
||||
#define PORTABLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Include the macro file relevant to the port being used. */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
|
||||
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
|
||||
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
|
||||
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
|
||||
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC18F\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC32MX\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _FEDPICC
|
||||
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
|
||||
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_H8S
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef TERN_EE
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
|
||||
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
|
||||
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
|
||||
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
|
||||
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
|
||||
#include "frconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
|
||||
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
|
||||
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
|
||||
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
|
||||
#include "frconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
|
||||
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
|
||||
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
|
||||
#ifdef __CORE__
|
||||
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
|
||||
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __91467D
|
||||
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __96340
|
||||
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
|
||||
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Catch all to ensure portmacro.h is included in the build. Newer demos
|
||||
have the path as part of the project options, rather than as relative from
|
||||
the project location. If portENTER_CRITICAL() has not been defined then
|
||||
portmacro.h has not yet been included - as every portmacro.h provides a
|
||||
portENTER_CRITICAL() definition. Check the demo application for your demo
|
||||
to find the path to the correct portmacro.h file. */
|
||||
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
|
||||
#include "portmacro.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
|
||||
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
|
||||
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
|
||||
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
|
||||
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
|
||||
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
|
||||
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
|
||||
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
|
||||
* the order that the port expects to find them.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
|
||||
portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters, portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
|
||||
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
|
||||
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
|
||||
* executing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
|
||||
* port layer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
|
||||
* contained in xRegions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
|
||||
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
|
||||
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, portSTACK_TYPE *pxBottomOfStack, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
|
||||
|
88
FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h
Normal file
88
FreeRTOS/Source/include/projdefs.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
|
||||
#define PROJDEFS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. */
|
||||
typedef void (*pdTASK_CODE)( void * );
|
||||
|
||||
#define pdFALSE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
|
||||
#define pdTRUE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
|
||||
|
||||
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
|
||||
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
|
||||
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
|
||||
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error definitions. */
|
||||
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
|
||||
#define errNO_TASK_TO_RUN ( -2 )
|
||||
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
|
||||
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
1667
FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h
Normal file
1667
FreeRTOS/Source/include/queue.h
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
785
FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h
Normal file
785
FreeRTOS/Source/include/semphr.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
|
||||
#define SEMAPHORE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "queue.h"
|
||||
|
||||
typedef xQueueHandle xSemaphoreHandle;
|
||||
|
||||
#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 1U )
|
||||
#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 0U )
|
||||
#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
|
||||
* The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
|
||||
* as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
|
||||
* queue is empty or full.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
|
||||
* between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
|
||||
* obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
|
||||
* another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
|
||||
* semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
|
||||
* that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type xSemaphoreHandle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
|
||||
|
||||
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
|
||||
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
|
||||
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The semaphore was created successfully.
|
||||
// The semaphore can now be used.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \
|
||||
if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>xSemaphoreTake(
|
||||
* xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
|
||||
* portTickType xBlockTime
|
||||
* )</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
|
||||
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
|
||||
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
|
||||
* the semaphore was created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
|
||||
* available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
|
||||
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block
|
||||
* time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
|
||||
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE
|
||||
* if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// A task that creates a semaphore.
|
||||
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
|
||||
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A task that uses the semaphore.
|
||||
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ... Do other things.
|
||||
|
||||
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available
|
||||
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
|
||||
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
|
||||
// shared resource.
|
||||
|
||||
// ...
|
||||
|
||||
// We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the
|
||||
// semaphore.
|
||||
xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
|
||||
// the shared resource safely.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
|
||||
* xSemaphoreHandle xMutex,
|
||||
* portTickType xBlockTime
|
||||
* )
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
|
||||
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
|
||||
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||
*
|
||||
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
|
||||
* macro to be available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
|
||||
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
|
||||
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
|
||||
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
|
||||
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
|
||||
* exactly five times.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the
|
||||
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
|
||||
* available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
|
||||
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If
|
||||
* the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
|
||||
* return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime
|
||||
* expired without the semaphore becoming available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// A task that creates a mutex.
|
||||
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
|
||||
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A task that uses the mutex.
|
||||
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ... Do other things.
|
||||
|
||||
if( xMutex != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
|
||||
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
|
||||
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
|
||||
// shared resource.
|
||||
|
||||
// ...
|
||||
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
|
||||
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
|
||||
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
|
||||
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
|
||||
// a more complex call structure.
|
||||
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
|
||||
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
|
||||
// available to another task until it has also been given back
|
||||
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
|
||||
// these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
|
||||
// call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes.
|
||||
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||
|
||||
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
|
||||
// the shared resource safely.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
|
||||
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
|
||||
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
|
||||
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
|
||||
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
|
||||
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
|
||||
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
|
||||
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
|
||||
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
|
||||
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
|
||||
* an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
|
||||
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
|
||||
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred.
|
||||
* Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is
|
||||
* no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
|
||||
* semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
|
||||
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
|
||||
// a semaphore without first "taking" it!
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
|
||||
// immediately available.
|
||||
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 0 ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
|
||||
|
||||
// ...
|
||||
|
||||
// We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
|
||||
// semaphore.
|
||||
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
|
||||
// obtained the semaphore to get here.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex )</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
|
||||
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
|
||||
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||
*
|
||||
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
|
||||
* macro to be available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
|
||||
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
|
||||
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
|
||||
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
|
||||
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
|
||||
* exactly five times.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the
|
||||
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// A task that creates a mutex.
|
||||
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
|
||||
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// A task that uses the mutex.
|
||||
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// ... Do other things.
|
||||
|
||||
if( xMutex != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
|
||||
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
|
||||
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
|
||||
// shared resource.
|
||||
|
||||
// ...
|
||||
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
|
||||
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
|
||||
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
|
||||
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
|
||||
// a more complex call structure.
|
||||
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
|
||||
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
|
||||
|
||||
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
|
||||
// available to another task until it has also been given back
|
||||
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
|
||||
// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
|
||||
// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
|
||||
// unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes.
|
||||
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
|
||||
|
||||
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
|
||||
// the shared resource safely.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
|
||||
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
|
||||
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
|
||||
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
|
||||
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
|
||||
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
|
||||
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
|
||||
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
|
||||
signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
|
||||
)</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
|
||||
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
|
||||
* must not be used with this macro.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro can be used from an ISR.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
|
||||
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
|
||||
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
|
||||
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
|
||||
* running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
|
||||
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
\#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
|
||||
\#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Repetitive task.
|
||||
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore
|
||||
// was created before this task was started.
|
||||
|
||||
// Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
|
||||
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// It is time to execute.
|
||||
|
||||
// ...
|
||||
|
||||
// We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where
|
||||
// we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
|
||||
// again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
|
||||
// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Timer ISR
|
||||
void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
static unsigned char ucLocalTickCount = 0;
|
||||
static signed portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
|
||||
|
||||
// A timer tick has occurred.
|
||||
|
||||
// ... Do other time functions.
|
||||
|
||||
// Is it time for vATask () to run?
|
||||
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||
ucLocalTickCount++;
|
||||
if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
|
||||
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||
|
||||
// Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
|
||||
ucLocalTickCount = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an
|
||||
// ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port
|
||||
// to find the syntax required.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
|
||||
signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
|
||||
)</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> to take a semaphore from an ISR. The semaphore must have
|
||||
* previously been created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
|
||||
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
|
||||
* must not be used with this macro.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR
|
||||
* is not a common operation. It is likely to only be useful when taking a
|
||||
* counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource
|
||||
* pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken. This is the
|
||||
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
|
||||
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
|
||||
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
|
||||
* running task. If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
|
||||
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise
|
||||
* pdFALSE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue
|
||||
* mechanism.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
|
||||
* and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
|
||||
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
|
||||
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
|
||||
* semaphore it is no longer required.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
|
||||
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
|
||||
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
|
||||
* service routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
|
||||
* xSemaphoreHandle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
|
||||
|
||||
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
|
||||
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
|
||||
|
||||
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The semaphore was created successfully.
|
||||
// The semaphore can now be used.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue
|
||||
* mechanism.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
|
||||
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The
|
||||
* xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
|
||||
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
|
||||
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
|
||||
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
|
||||
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
|
||||
* exactly five times.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
|
||||
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
|
||||
* semaphore it is no longer required.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
|
||||
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
|
||||
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
|
||||
* service routines.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
|
||||
* xSemaphoreHandle.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
|
||||
|
||||
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
|
||||
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
|
||||
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
|
||||
|
||||
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The semaphore was created successfully.
|
||||
// The semaphore can now be used.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateCounting( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxCount, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing
|
||||
* queue mechanism.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1) Counting events.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
|
||||
* an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
|
||||
* task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
|
||||
* (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore
|
||||
* the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
|
||||
* number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the
|
||||
* initial count value to be zero.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 2) Resource management.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
|
||||
* available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
|
||||
* semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value
|
||||
* reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the
|
||||
* resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
|
||||
* value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
|
||||
* equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the
|
||||
* semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
|
||||
* created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be
|
||||
* created.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
<pre>
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
|
||||
|
||||
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
|
||||
// The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
|
||||
// initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
|
||||
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
// The semaphore was created successfully.
|
||||
// The semaphore can now be used.
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
</pre>
|
||||
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr. h
|
||||
* <pre>void vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore );</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example,
|
||||
* do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
|
||||
* \ingroup Semaphores
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* semphr.h
|
||||
* <pre>xTaskHandle xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex );</pre>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
|
||||
* If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
|
||||
* by a task), return NULL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note: This Is is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex
|
||||
* holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as
|
||||
* the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
|
||||
* being tested.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
|
||||
|
||||
|
1519
FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h
Normal file
1519
FreeRTOS/Source/include/task.h
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
959
FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h
Normal file
959
FreeRTOS/Source/include/timers.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,959 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TIMERS_H
|
||||
#define TIMERS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
|
||||
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*lint -e537 This headers are only multiply included if the application code
|
||||
happens to also be including task.h. */
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
/*lint +e956 */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to
|
||||
be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
|
||||
as defined below. */
|
||||
#define tmrCOMMAND_START ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
|
||||
#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
|
||||
#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 2 )
|
||||
#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE ( ( portBASE_TYPE ) 3 )
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to
|
||||
* xTimerCreate() returns an xTimerHandle variable that can then be used to
|
||||
* reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
|
||||
* (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void * xTimerHandle;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform. */
|
||||
typedef void (*tmrTIMER_CALLBACK)( xTimerHandle xTimer );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName,
|
||||
* portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks,
|
||||
* unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload,
|
||||
* void * pvTimerID,
|
||||
* tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Creates a new software timer instance. This allocates the storage required
|
||||
* by the new timer, initialises the new timers internal state, and returns a
|
||||
* handle by which the new timer can be referenced.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
|
||||
* xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
|
||||
* xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
|
||||
* active state.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer. This is done
|
||||
* purely to assist debugging. The kernel itself only ever references a timer by
|
||||
* its handle, and never by its name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimerPeriodInTicks The timer period. The time is defined in tick periods so
|
||||
* the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time that has been
|
||||
* specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must expire after 100
|
||||
* ticks, then xTimerPeriodInTicks should be set to 100. Alternatively, if the timer
|
||||
* must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set to ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS )
|
||||
* provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or equal to 1000.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
|
||||
* expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriodInTicks parameter. If
|
||||
* uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
|
||||
* enter the dormant state after it expires.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
|
||||
* Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
|
||||
* timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
|
||||
* timer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
|
||||
* Callback functions must have the prototype defined by tmrTIMER_CALLBACK,
|
||||
* which is "void vCallbackFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer );".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return If the timer is successfully create then a handle to the newly
|
||||
* created timer is returned. If the timer cannot be created (because either
|
||||
* there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
|
||||
* structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then 0 is returned.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
* @verbatim
|
||||
* #define NUM_TIMERS 5
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
|
||||
* xTimerHandle xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
|
||||
* long lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
|
||||
* // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
|
||||
* // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
|
||||
* // 10 times.
|
||||
* void vTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* long lArrayIndex;
|
||||
* const long xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
|
||||
* configASSERT( pxTimer );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Which timer expired?
|
||||
* lArrayIndex = ( long ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
|
||||
* lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
|
||||
* if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
|
||||
* // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
|
||||
* xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* void main( void )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* long x;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Create then start some timers. Starting the timers before the scheduler
|
||||
* // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
|
||||
* // the scheduler starts.
|
||||
* for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
|
||||
* ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks.
|
||||
* pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
|
||||
* ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
|
||||
* vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
|
||||
* );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The timer was not created.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* else
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
|
||||
* // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
|
||||
* // started.
|
||||
* if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // ...
|
||||
* // Create tasks here.
|
||||
* // ...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
|
||||
* // been set into the active state.
|
||||
* xTaskStartScheduler();
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Should not reach here.
|
||||
* for( ;; );
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endverbatim
|
||||
*/
|
||||
xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char * const pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void * pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
|
||||
* xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
|
||||
* ID can be used within the callback function to identify which timer actually
|
||||
* expired.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The timer being queried.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A timer will be dormant if:
|
||||
* 1) It has been created but not started, or
|
||||
* 2) It is an expired on-shot timer that has not been restarted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
|
||||
* xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
|
||||
* xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
|
||||
* active state.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The timer being queried.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant. A value other than
|
||||
* pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
* @verbatim
|
||||
* // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
|
||||
* void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // xTimer is active, do something.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* else
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // xTimer is not active, do something else.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endverbatim
|
||||
*/
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is only available if
|
||||
* INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Simply returns the handle of the timer service/daemon task. It it not valid
|
||||
* to call xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() before the scheduler has been started.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
xTaskHandle xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStart( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
|
||||
* xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
|
||||
* already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
|
||||
* to the xTimerReset() API function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
|
||||
* is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
|
||||
* associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
|
||||
* called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
|
||||
* when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
|
||||
* started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
|
||||
* started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
|
||||
* to be available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
|
||||
* sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
|
||||
* xTimerStart() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
|
||||
* before the scheduler is started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
|
||||
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
|
||||
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
|
||||
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
|
||||
* timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||
* configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStop( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
|
||||
* The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
|
||||
* xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
|
||||
* to be available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
|
||||
* sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
|
||||
* xTimerStop() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
|
||||
* before the scheduler is started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
|
||||
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
|
||||
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
|
||||
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
|
||||
* service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||
* configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriod( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||
* portTickType xNewPeriod,
|
||||
* portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
|
||||
* created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
|
||||
* dormant state timer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
|
||||
* xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
|
||||
* tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
|
||||
* that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
|
||||
* expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
|
||||
* if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
|
||||
* ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
|
||||
* or equal to 1000.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
|
||||
* successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
|
||||
* full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if
|
||||
* xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
|
||||
* sent to the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed.
|
||||
* pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
|
||||
* command queue. When the command is actually processed will depend on the
|
||||
* priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
|
||||
* system. The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
|
||||
* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
* @verbatim
|
||||
* // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. If the timer
|
||||
* // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
|
||||
* // is deleted. If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
|
||||
* // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
|
||||
* // started.
|
||||
* void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // xTimer is already active - delete it.
|
||||
* xTimerDelete( xTimer );
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* else
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms. This will also
|
||||
* // cause the timer to start. Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
|
||||
* // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
|
||||
* // command queue.
|
||||
* if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The command was successfully sent.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* else
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
|
||||
* // to pass. Take appropriate action here.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endverbatim
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerDelete( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
|
||||
* xTimerCreate() API function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
|
||||
* xTimerDelete() to be available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
|
||||
* successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
|
||||
* full when xTimerDelete() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerDelete()
|
||||
* is called before the scheduler is started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
|
||||
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
|
||||
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
|
||||
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
|
||||
* service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||
* configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerReset( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
|
||||
* public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
|
||||
* though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
|
||||
* private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
|
||||
* code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
|
||||
* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
|
||||
* xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
|
||||
* already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
|
||||
* re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
|
||||
* called. If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
|
||||
* equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
|
||||
* is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
|
||||
* associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
|
||||
* called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
|
||||
* when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
|
||||
* started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
|
||||
* started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
|
||||
* to be available.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
|
||||
* be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
|
||||
* sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
|
||||
* xTimerReset() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
|
||||
* before the scheduler is started.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
|
||||
* the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
|
||||
* be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
|
||||
* When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
|
||||
* timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
|
||||
* configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
* @verbatim
|
||||
* // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
|
||||
* // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
|
||||
* // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* xTimerHandle xBacklightTimer = NULL;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
|
||||
* // parameter is not used.
|
||||
* void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
|
||||
* // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
|
||||
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The key press event handler.
|
||||
* void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
|
||||
* // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
|
||||
* // key inactivity. Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
|
||||
* // if it cannot be sent immediately.
|
||||
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
|
||||
* if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
|
||||
* // action here.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* void main( void )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* long x;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
|
||||
* // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
|
||||
* xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
|
||||
* ( 5000 / portTICK_RATE_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
|
||||
* pdFALSE, // The timer is a one-shot timer.
|
||||
* 0, // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
|
||||
* vBacklightTimerCallback // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
|
||||
* );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The timer was not created.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* else
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
|
||||
* // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
|
||||
* // started.
|
||||
* if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // ...
|
||||
* // Create tasks here.
|
||||
* // ...
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
|
||||
* // been set into the active state.
|
||||
* xTaskStartScheduler();
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Should not reach here.
|
||||
* for( ;; );
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endverbatim
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStartFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
|
||||
* routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
|
||||
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
|
||||
* command queue. Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
|
||||
* command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
|
||||
* task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
|
||||
* daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
|
||||
* task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
|
||||
* get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function. If
|
||||
* xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
|
||||
* be performed before the interrupt exits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
|
||||
* the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
|
||||
* successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
|
||||
* processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
|
||||
* relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
|
||||
* relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
|
||||
* task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
* @verbatim
|
||||
* // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
|
||||
* // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
|
||||
* // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
|
||||
* // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
|
||||
* // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
|
||||
* // service routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
|
||||
* // parameter is not used.
|
||||
* void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
|
||||
* // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
|
||||
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The key press interrupt service routine.
|
||||
* void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
|
||||
* // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
|
||||
* // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
|
||||
* // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
|
||||
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
|
||||
* // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
|
||||
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
|
||||
* // declared (in this function).
|
||||
* if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The start command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
|
||||
* // action here.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
|
||||
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
|
||||
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
|
||||
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
|
||||
* // actual syntax required.
|
||||
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
|
||||
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endverbatim
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerStopFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
|
||||
* routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
|
||||
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
|
||||
* command queue. Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
|
||||
* command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
|
||||
* task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
|
||||
* daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
|
||||
* task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
|
||||
* get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function. If
|
||||
* xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
|
||||
* be performed before the interrupt exits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
|
||||
* the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
|
||||
* successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
|
||||
* processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
|
||||
* relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
|
||||
* priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
* @verbatim
|
||||
* // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
|
||||
* // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
|
||||
* void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
|
||||
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
|
||||
* // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
|
||||
* // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
|
||||
* if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The stop command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
|
||||
* // action here.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
|
||||
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
|
||||
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
|
||||
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
|
||||
* // actual syntax required.
|
||||
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
|
||||
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endverbatim
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||
* portTickType xNewPeriod,
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
|
||||
* service routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
|
||||
* tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
|
||||
* that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
|
||||
* expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
|
||||
* if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
|
||||
* ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
|
||||
* or equal to 1000.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
|
||||
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
|
||||
* command queue. Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
|
||||
* timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
|
||||
* daemon task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
|
||||
* causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
|
||||
* currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
|
||||
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
|
||||
* xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function. If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
|
||||
* this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
|
||||
* interrupt exits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
|
||||
* could not be sent to the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the
|
||||
* command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command
|
||||
* is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
|
||||
* task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
|
||||
* priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
* @verbatim
|
||||
* // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
|
||||
* // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
|
||||
* void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
|
||||
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
|
||||
* // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
|
||||
* // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
|
||||
* if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The command to change the timers period was not executed
|
||||
* // successfully. Take appropriate action here.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
|
||||
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
|
||||
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
|
||||
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
|
||||
* // actual syntax required.
|
||||
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
|
||||
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endverbatim
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xTimerResetFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
|
||||
* routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
|
||||
* restarted.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
|
||||
* of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
|
||||
* command queue. Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
|
||||
* command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
|
||||
* task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
|
||||
* timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
|
||||
* daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
|
||||
* task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
|
||||
* get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function. If
|
||||
* xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
|
||||
* be performed before the interrupt exits.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
|
||||
* the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
|
||||
* successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
|
||||
* processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
|
||||
* relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
|
||||
* relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
|
||||
* task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example usage:
|
||||
* @verbatim
|
||||
* // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
|
||||
* // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
|
||||
* // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
|
||||
* // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
|
||||
* // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
|
||||
* // service routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
|
||||
* // parameter is not used.
|
||||
* void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTimerHandle pxTimer )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
|
||||
* // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
|
||||
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The key press interrupt service routine.
|
||||
* void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
|
||||
* // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
|
||||
* // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
|
||||
* // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
|
||||
* vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
|
||||
* // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
|
||||
* // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
|
||||
* // declared (in this function).
|
||||
* if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
|
||||
* // action here.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
|
||||
* // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
|
||||
* // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
|
||||
* // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
|
||||
* // actual syntax required.
|
||||
* if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
|
||||
* // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endverbatim
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
|
||||
* for use by the kernel only.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* TIMERS_H */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
203
FreeRTOS/Source/list.c
Normal file
203
FreeRTOS/Source/list.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "list.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vListInitialise( xList * const pxList )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
|
||||
end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
|
||||
as the only list entry. */
|
||||
pxList->pxIndex = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
|
||||
ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
|
||||
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
|
||||
when the list is empty. */
|
||||
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
|
||||
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
|
||||
|
||||
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem * const pxItem )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
|
||||
pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vListInsertEnd( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xListItem * pxIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
|
||||
makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
|
||||
pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry. */
|
||||
pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
|
||||
|
||||
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
|
||||
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
|
||||
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
|
||||
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
|
||||
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
|
||||
|
||||
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vListInsert( xList * const pxList, xListItem * const pxNewListItem )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xListItem *pxIterator;
|
||||
portTickType xValueOfInsertion;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in ulListItem order. */
|
||||
xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then
|
||||
the new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which
|
||||
are stored in ready lists (all of which have the same ulListItem value)
|
||||
get an equal share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as
|
||||
the back marker the iteration loop below will not end. This means we need
|
||||
to guard against this by checking the value first and modifying the
|
||||
algorithm slightly if necessary. */
|
||||
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
|
||||
If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are:
|
||||
1) Stack overflow -
|
||||
see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
|
||||
2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M3
|
||||
parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
|
||||
interrupt priories, which can seem counter intuitive. See
|
||||
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
|
||||
3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
|
||||
the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
|
||||
not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
|
||||
4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
|
||||
before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
|
||||
before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
|
||||
See http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for more tips.
|
||||
**********************************************************************/
|
||||
|
||||
for( pxIterator = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* There is nothing to do here, we are just iterating to the
|
||||
wanted insertion position. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
|
||||
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
|
||||
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
|
||||
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
|
||||
item later. */
|
||||
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
|
||||
|
||||
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxListRemove( xListItem * const pxItemToRemove )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xList * pxList;
|
||||
|
||||
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
|
||||
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
|
||||
item. */
|
||||
pxList = ( xList * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
|
||||
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
|
||||
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
|
||||
|
||||
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
167
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
Normal file
167
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_1.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The simplest possible implementation of pvPortMalloc(). Note that this
|
||||
* implementation does NOT allow allocated memory to be freed again.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
|
||||
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
|
||||
#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
|
||||
static unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
|
||||
static size_t xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *pvReturn = NULL;
|
||||
static unsigned char *pucAlignedHeap = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
|
||||
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT != 1
|
||||
if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Byte alignment required. */
|
||||
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( pucAlignedHeap == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
|
||||
pucAlignedHeap = ( unsigned char * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check there is enough room left for the allocation. */
|
||||
if( ( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) &&
|
||||
( ( xNextFreeByte + xWantedSize ) > xNextFreeByte ) )/* Check for overflow. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return the next free byte then increment the index past this
|
||||
block. */
|
||||
pvReturn = pucAlignedHeap + xNextFreeByte;
|
||||
xNextFreeByte += xWantedSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||
|
||||
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( pvReturn == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
|
||||
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return pvReturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vPortFree( void *pv )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Memory cannot be freed using this scheme. See heap_2.c, heap_3.c and
|
||||
heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the memory management pages of
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information. */
|
||||
( void ) pv;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Force an assert as it is invalid to call this function. */
|
||||
configASSERT( pv == NULL );
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Only required when static memory is not cleared. */
|
||||
xNextFreeByte = ( size_t ) 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ( configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE - xNextFreeByte );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
295
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
Normal file
295
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_2.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
|
||||
* allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
|
||||
* into a single larger block (and so will fragment memory). See heap_4.c for
|
||||
* an equivalent that does combine adjacent blocks into single larger blocks.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See heap_1.c, heap_3.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
|
||||
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
|
||||
#define configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Initialises the heap structures before their first use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvHeapInit( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
|
||||
static unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
|
||||
of their size. */
|
||||
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
|
||||
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
|
||||
} xBlockLink;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( ( sizeof ( xBlockLink ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
|
||||
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
|
||||
static xBlockLink xStart, xEnd;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
|
||||
fragmentation. */
|
||||
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
|
||||
* the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
|
||||
* of the list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
xBlockLink *pxIterator; \
|
||||
size_t xBlockSize; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \
|
||||
/* than the block we are inserting. */ \
|
||||
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
/* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
\
|
||||
/* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \
|
||||
/* position. */ \
|
||||
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \
|
||||
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
|
||||
static portBASE_TYPE xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
|
||||
void *pvReturn = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
|
||||
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
|
||||
if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
prvHeapInit();
|
||||
xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink
|
||||
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
|
||||
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
|
||||
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Byte alignment required. */
|
||||
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
|
||||
(smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
|
||||
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
|
||||
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
|
||||
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
|
||||
if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return the memory space - jumping over the xBlockLink structure
|
||||
at its start. */
|
||||
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
|
||||
|
||||
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out of the
|
||||
list of free blocks. */
|
||||
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
|
||||
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block
|
||||
following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
|
||||
used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
|
||||
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
|
||||
block. */
|
||||
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
|
||||
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
|
||||
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||
|
||||
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( pvReturn == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
|
||||
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return pvReturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vPortFree( void *pv )
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv;
|
||||
xBlockLink *pxLink;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pv != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately
|
||||
before it. */
|
||||
puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This unexpected casting is to keep some compilers from issuing
|
||||
byte alignment warnings. */
|
||||
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
|
||||
|
||||
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
|
||||
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) );
|
||||
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvHeapInit( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock;
|
||||
unsigned char *pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
|
||||
pucAlignedHeap = ( unsigned char * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
|
||||
blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
|
||||
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */
|
||||
xEnd.xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
|
||||
xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
|
||||
entire heap space. */
|
||||
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE;
|
||||
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
128
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
Normal file
128
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_3.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that relies on the
|
||||
* compilers own malloc() and free() implementations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file can only be used if the linker is configured to to generate
|
||||
* a heap memory area.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_4.c for alternative implementations, and the
|
||||
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
|
||||
{
|
||||
void *pvReturn;
|
||||
|
||||
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||
{
|
||||
pvReturn = malloc( xWantedSize );
|
||||
}
|
||||
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||
|
||||
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( pvReturn == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
|
||||
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return pvReturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vPortFree( void *pv )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( pv )
|
||||
{
|
||||
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||
{
|
||||
free( pv );
|
||||
}
|
||||
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
387
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
Normal file
387
FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that combines
|
||||
* (coalescences) adjacent memory blocks as they are freed, and in so doing
|
||||
* limits memory fragmentation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See heap_1.c, heap_2.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the
|
||||
* memory management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Block sizes must not get too small. */
|
||||
#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
|
||||
|
||||
/* Assumes 8bit bytes! */
|
||||
#define heapBITS_PER_BYTE ( ( size_t ) 8 )
|
||||
|
||||
/* A few bytes might be lost to byte aligning the heap start address. */
|
||||
#define heapADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ( configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE - portBYTE_ALIGNMENT )
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate the memory for the heap. */
|
||||
static unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
|
||||
of their memory address. */
|
||||
typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
|
||||
size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
|
||||
} xBlockLink;
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Inserts a block of memory that is being freed into the correct position in
|
||||
* the list of free memory blocks. The block being freed will be merged with
|
||||
* the block in front it and/or the block behind it if the memory blocks are
|
||||
* adjacent to each other.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( xBlockLink *pxBlockToInsert );
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called automatically to setup the required heap structures the first time
|
||||
* pvPortMalloc() is called.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvHeapInit( void );
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of the structure placed at the beginning of each allocated memory
|
||||
block must by correctly byte aligned. */
|
||||
static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( ( sizeof ( xBlockLink ) + ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - 1 ) ) & ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure the pxEnd pointer will end up on the correct byte alignment. */
|
||||
static const size_t xTotalHeapSize = ( ( size_t ) heapADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) & ( ( size_t ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
|
||||
static xBlockLink xStart, *pxEnd = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
|
||||
fragmentation. */
|
||||
static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = ( ( size_t ) heapADJUSTED_HEAP_SIZE ) & ( ( size_t ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Gets set to the top bit of an size_t type. When this bit in the xBlockSize
|
||||
member of an xBlockLink structure is set then the block belongs to the
|
||||
application. When the bit is free the block is still part of the free heap
|
||||
space. */
|
||||
static size_t xBlockAllocatedBit = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
|
||||
void *pvReturn = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
|
||||
initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
|
||||
if( pxEnd == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
prvHeapInit();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the requested block size is not so large that the top bit is
|
||||
set. The top bit of the block size member of the xBlockLink structure
|
||||
is used to determine who owns the block - the application or the
|
||||
kernel, so it must be free. */
|
||||
if( ( xWantedSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) == 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink
|
||||
structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
|
||||
if( xWantedSize > 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number
|
||||
of bytes. */
|
||||
if( ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) != 0x00 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Byte alignment required. */
|
||||
xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize <= xFreeBytesRemaining ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Traverse the list from the start (lowest address) block until
|
||||
one of adequate size is found. */
|
||||
pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
|
||||
pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||
while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock != NULL ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
|
||||
pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the end marker was reached then a block of adequate size
|
||||
was not found. */
|
||||
if( pxBlock != pxEnd )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return the memory space pointed to - jumping over the
|
||||
xBlockLink structure at its start. */
|
||||
pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
|
||||
|
||||
/* This block is being returned for use so must be taken out
|
||||
of the list of free blocks. */
|
||||
pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the block is larger than required it can be split into
|
||||
two. */
|
||||
if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This block is to be split into two. Create a new
|
||||
block following the number of bytes requested. The void
|
||||
cast is used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the
|
||||
compiler. */
|
||||
pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the
|
||||
single block. */
|
||||
pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
|
||||
pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
|
||||
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The block is being returned - it is allocated and owned
|
||||
by the application and has no "next" block. */
|
||||
pxBlock->xBlockSize |= xBlockAllocatedBit;
|
||||
pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||
|
||||
#if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( pvReturn == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
|
||||
vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return pvReturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vPortFree( void *pv )
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv;
|
||||
xBlockLink *pxLink;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pv != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately
|
||||
before it. */
|
||||
puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
|
||||
pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the block is actually allocated. */
|
||||
configASSERT( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 );
|
||||
configASSERT( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL );
|
||||
|
||||
if( ( pxLink->xBlockSize & xBlockAllocatedBit ) != 0 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( pxLink->pxNextFreeBlock == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The block is being returned to the heap - it is no longer
|
||||
allocated. */
|
||||
pxLink->xBlockSize &= ~xBlockAllocatedBit;
|
||||
|
||||
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
|
||||
xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
|
||||
prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
return xFreeBytesRemaining;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvHeapInit( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock;
|
||||
unsigned char *pucHeapEnd, *pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure the heap starts on a correctly aligned boundary. */
|
||||
pucAlignedHeap = ( unsigned char * ) ( ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) &ucHeap[ portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ] ) & ( ( portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free
|
||||
blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */
|
||||
xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||
xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* pxEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks and is inserted
|
||||
at the end of the heap space. */
|
||||
pucHeapEnd = pucAlignedHeap + xTotalHeapSize;
|
||||
pucHeapEnd -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||
pxEnd = ( void * ) pucHeapEnd;
|
||||
configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxEnd ) & ( ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) ) == 0UL );
|
||||
pxEnd->xBlockSize = 0;
|
||||
pxEnd->pxNextFreeBlock = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the
|
||||
entire heap space, minus the space taken by pxEnd. */
|
||||
pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) pucAlignedHeap;
|
||||
pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = xTotalHeapSize - heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||
pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The heap now contains pxEnd. */
|
||||
xFreeBytesRemaining -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Work out the position of the top bit in a size_t variable. */
|
||||
xBlockAllocatedBit = ( ( size_t ) 1 ) << ( ( sizeof( size_t ) * heapBITS_PER_BYTE ) - 1 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( xBlockLink *pxBlockToInsert )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xBlockLink *pxIterator;
|
||||
unsigned char *puc;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a higher address
|
||||
than the block being inserted. */
|
||||
for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock < pxBlockToInsert; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nothing to do here, just iterate to the right position. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted after
|
||||
make a contiguous block of memory? */
|
||||
puc = ( unsigned char * ) pxIterator;
|
||||
if( ( puc + pxIterator->xBlockSize ) == ( unsigned char * ) pxBlockToInsert )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxIterator->xBlockSize += pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize;
|
||||
pxBlockToInsert = pxIterator;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do the block being inserted, and the block it is being inserted before
|
||||
make a contiguous block of memory? */
|
||||
puc = ( unsigned char * ) pxBlockToInsert;
|
||||
if( ( puc + pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize ) == ( unsigned char * ) pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock != pxEnd )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Form one big block from the two blocks. */
|
||||
pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize += pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize;
|
||||
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxEnd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the block being inserted plugged a gab, so was merged with the block
|
||||
before and the block after, then it's pxNextFreeBlock pointer will have
|
||||
already been set, and should not be set here as that would make it point
|
||||
to itself. */
|
||||
if( pxIterator != pxBlockToInsert )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
2067
FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c
Normal file
2067
FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
17
FreeRTOS/Source/readme.txt
Normal file
17
FreeRTOS/Source/readme.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
|
|||
Each real time kernel port consists of three files that contain the core kernel
|
||||
components and are common to every port, and one or more files that are
|
||||
specific to a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
+ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the three files that are common to
|
||||
every port - list.c, queue.c and tasks.c. The kernel is contained within these
|
||||
three files. croutine.c implements the optional co-routine functionality - which
|
||||
is normally only used on very memory limited systems.
|
||||
|
||||
+ The FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory contains the files that are specific to
|
||||
a particular microcontroller and or compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
+ The FreeRTOS/Source/include directory contains the real time kernel header
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
See the readme file in the FreeRTOS/Source/Portable directory for more
|
||||
information.
|
2931
FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c
Normal file
2931
FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
697
FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c
Normal file
697
FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
FreeRTOS V7.5.2 - Copyright (C) 2013 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
|
||||
|
||||
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
|
||||
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
|
||||
* platform software that has become a de facto standard. *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Help yourself get started quickly and support the FreeRTOS *
|
||||
* project by purchasing a FreeRTOS tutorial book, reference *
|
||||
* manual, or both from: http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Thank you! *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
||||
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation >>!AND MODIFIED BY!<< the FreeRTOS exception.
|
||||
|
||||
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to distribute
|
||||
>>! a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to provide
|
||||
>>! the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
|
||||
>>! kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
||||
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
|
||||
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available from the following
|
||||
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* Having a problem? Start by reading the FAQ "My application does *
|
||||
* not run, what could be wrong?" *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html *
|
||||
* *
|
||||
***************************************************************************
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, books, training, latest versions,
|
||||
license and Real Time Engineers Ltd. contact details.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
|
||||
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
|
||||
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd license FreeRTOS to High
|
||||
Integrity Systems to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
|
||||
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and middleware.
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
|
||||
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
|
||||
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
|
||||
|
||||
1 tab == 4 spaces!
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Standard includes. */
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
|
||||
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
|
||||
task.h is included from an application file. */
|
||||
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
|
||||
#include "task.h"
|
||||
#include "queue.h"
|
||||
#include "timers.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
|
||||
MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
|
||||
header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
|
||||
privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
|
||||
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
|
||||
to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom
|
||||
of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
|
||||
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
|
||||
#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
|
||||
|
||||
/* Misc definitions. */
|
||||
#define tmrNO_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0U
|
||||
|
||||
/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
|
||||
typedef struct tmrTimerControl
|
||||
{
|
||||
const signed char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */
|
||||
xListItem xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
|
||||
portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
|
||||
unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one shot timer. */
|
||||
void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
|
||||
tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
|
||||
} xTIMER;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer
|
||||
queue. */
|
||||
typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
|
||||
{
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
|
||||
portTickType xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
|
||||
xTIMER * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
|
||||
} xTIMER_MESSAGE;
|
||||
|
||||
/*lint -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine which
|
||||
static variables must be declared volatile. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire
|
||||
time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the
|
||||
timer service task is allowed to access xActiveTimerList. */
|
||||
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList1;
|
||||
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList2;
|
||||
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxCurrentTimerList;
|
||||
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxOverflowTimerList;
|
||||
|
||||
/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
|
||||
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xQueueHandle xTimerQueue = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
|
||||
|
||||
PRIVILEGED_DATA static xTaskHandle xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*lint +e956 */
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
|
||||
* been initialised already.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this
|
||||
* task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
|
||||
* xTimerQueue queue.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
|
||||
* received on the timer queue.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
|
||||
* depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an
|
||||
* auto reload timer, then call its callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
|
||||
* current timer list does not still reference some timers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
|
||||
* if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
|
||||
* the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the
|
||||
* timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
|
||||
* to pdTRUE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task
|
||||
* until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
|
||||
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
|
||||
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the
|
||||
timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already
|
||||
been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
|
||||
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
|
||||
|
||||
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Create the timer task, storing its handle in xTimerTaskHandle so
|
||||
it can be returned by the xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() function. */
|
||||
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, &xTimerTaskHandle );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Create the timer task without storing its handle. */
|
||||
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
configASSERT( xReturn );
|
||||
return xReturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char * const pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void *pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xTIMER *pxNewTimer;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocate the timer structure. */
|
||||
if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( portTickType ) 0U )
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxNewTimer = NULL;
|
||||
configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxNewTimer = ( xTIMER * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xTIMER ) );
|
||||
if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
|
||||
created/initialised. */
|
||||
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */
|
||||
pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
|
||||
pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
|
||||
pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
|
||||
pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
|
||||
pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
|
||||
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||
|
||||
traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ( xTimerHandle ) pxNewTimer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
|
||||
xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
|
||||
on a particular timer definition. */
|
||||
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
|
||||
xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
|
||||
xMessage.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
|
||||
xMessage.pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
|
||||
|
||||
if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xBlockTime );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return xReturn;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
|
||||
|
||||
xTaskHandle xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
|
||||
started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
|
||||
configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
|
||||
return xTimerTaskHandle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xTIMER *pxTimer;
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already
|
||||
been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
|
||||
pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
|
||||
expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
|
||||
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* This is the only time a timer is inserted into a list using
|
||||
a time relative to anything other than the current time. It
|
||||
will therefore be inserted into the correct list relative to
|
||||
the time this task thinks it is now, even if a command to
|
||||
switch lists due to a tick count overflow is already waiting in
|
||||
the timer queue. */
|
||||
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
|
||||
list. Reload it now. */
|
||||
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
|
||||
configASSERT( xResult );
|
||||
( void ) xResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Call the timer callback. */
|
||||
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portTickType xNextExpireTime;
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
|
||||
( void ) pvParameters;
|
||||
|
||||
for( ;; )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
|
||||
obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
|
||||
xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
|
||||
|
||||
/* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task
|
||||
until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
|
||||
prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Empty the command queue. */
|
||||
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portTickType xTimeNow;
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched;
|
||||
|
||||
vTaskSuspendAll();
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
|
||||
has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
|
||||
then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
|
||||
when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
|
||||
prvSampelTimeNow() function. */
|
||||
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
|
||||
if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
|
||||
if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||
prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
|
||||
time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore
|
||||
block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
|
||||
received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot
|
||||
be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
|
||||
case when the current timer list is empty. */
|
||||
vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the block time
|
||||
to expire. If a command arrived between the critical section being
|
||||
exited and this yield then the yield will not cause the task
|
||||
to block. */
|
||||
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portTickType xNextExpireTime;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
|
||||
referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which
|
||||
the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no
|
||||
active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause
|
||||
this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
|
||||
timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
|
||||
re-assessed. */
|
||||
*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||
if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
|
||||
xNextExpireTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return xNextExpireTime;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portTickType xTimeNow;
|
||||
PRIVILEGED_DATA static portTickType xLastTime = ( portTickType ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
|
||||
|
||||
xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
|
||||
|
||||
if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
|
||||
{
|
||||
prvSwitchTimerLists( xLastTime );
|
||||
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
xLastTime = xTimeNow;
|
||||
|
||||
return xTimeNow;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
|
||||
|
||||
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
|
||||
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
|
||||
|
||||
if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
|
||||
timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
|
||||
if( ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
|
||||
processed actually exceeds the timers period. */
|
||||
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
|
||||
but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
|
||||
its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
|
||||
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return xProcessTimerNow;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
|
||||
xTIMER *pxTimer;
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
|
||||
portTickType xTimeNow;
|
||||
|
||||
while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
pxTimer = xMessage.pxTimer;
|
||||
|
||||
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
|
||||
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.xMessageValue );
|
||||
|
||||
/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
|
||||
it must be present in the function call. prvSampleTimeNow() must be
|
||||
called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
|
||||
possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
|
||||
queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
|
||||
pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
|
||||
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
|
||||
|
||||
switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case tmrCOMMAND_START :
|
||||
/* Start or restart a timer. */
|
||||
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
|
||||
list. Process it now. */
|
||||
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
|
||||
|
||||
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
|
||||
configASSERT( xResult );
|
||||
( void ) xResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
|
||||
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
|
||||
There is nothing to do here. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
|
||||
pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.xMessageValue;
|
||||
configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
|
||||
( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
|
||||
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
|
||||
just free up the memory. */
|
||||
vPortFree( pxTimer );
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
default :
|
||||
/* Don't expect to get here. */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portTickType xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
|
||||
xList *pxTemp;
|
||||
xTIMER *pxTimer;
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xResult;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove compiler warnings if configASSERT() is not defined. */
|
||||
( void ) xLastTime;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched.
|
||||
If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
|
||||
then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
|
||||
are switched. */
|
||||
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove the timer from the list. */
|
||||
pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
|
||||
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
|
||||
it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists
|
||||
have not yet been switched. */
|
||||
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
|
||||
|
||||
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
|
||||
the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
|
||||
and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
|
||||
processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent
|
||||
to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
|
||||
the lists have been swapped. */
|
||||
xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
|
||||
if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
|
||||
{
|
||||
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
|
||||
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
|
||||
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
|
||||
configASSERT( xResult );
|
||||
( void ) xResult;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
|
||||
pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
|
||||
pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
|
||||
queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
|
||||
initialised. */
|
||||
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
|
||||
{
|
||||
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
|
||||
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
|
||||
pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
|
||||
pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
|
||||
xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( xTIMER_MESSAGE ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer )
|
||||
{
|
||||
portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsInActiveList;
|
||||
xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
|
||||
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
|
||||
it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
|
||||
one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
|
||||
xTimerIsInActiveList = !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) );
|
||||
}
|
||||
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
|
||||
|
||||
return xTimerIsInActiveList;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer )
|
||||
{
|
||||
xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
|
||||
|
||||
return pxTimer->pvTimerID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
|
||||
to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer
|
||||
functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
|
||||
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
21
FreeRTOS/readme.txt
Normal file
21
FreeRTOS/readme.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
|||
Directories:
|
||||
|
||||
+ The FreeRTOS/Source directory contains the FreeRTOS source code, and contains
|
||||
its own readme file.
|
||||
|
||||
+ The FreeRTOS/Demo directory contains a demo application for every official
|
||||
FreeRTOS port, and contains its own readme file.
|
||||
|
||||
+ See http://www.freertos.org/a00017.html for full details of the directory
|
||||
structure and information on locating the files you require.
|
||||
|
||||
The easiest way to use FreeRTOS is to start with one of the pre-configured demo
|
||||
application projects (found in the FreeRTOS/Demo directory). That way you will
|
||||
have the correct FreeRTOS source files included, and the correct include paths
|
||||
configured. Once a demo application is building and executing you can remove
|
||||
the demo application file, and start to add in your own application source
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
See also -
|
||||
http://www.freertos.org/FreeRTOS-quick-start-guide.html
|
||||
http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html
|
Loading…
Reference in a new issue